TCL / TCM Series Tri-rod Cylinder

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL50X100S

  Specifications: TCL50X100S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 50 mm bore and 100 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 50 50 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 148 mm BA 146 mm C 64 mm CA 60 mm DB 20 mm G 110 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 66 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 130 mm LC 46 mm LD 130 mm LE 40 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P PT1/4 PA 21.5 mm PB 47 mm PC 12 mm PD 14 mm PF 11 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 92 mm U 13.5 mm V 8.5 mm W 7.5 mm X 4.5 mm Y 13.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 218 mm DA 46 mm MC 48 mm KC 48 mm AC + stroke 144 mm PE + stroke 109 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 8.74 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 50 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 5.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment; also connects the selected valve A/B work ports PTL1002A: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeAlternative cylinder-port meter-out speed controller for the same tube OD PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 10 mm OD tubing US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4402 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $419.91

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL16X30S

  Specifications: TCL16X30S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 30 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 16 16 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 76 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 17 mm AC + stroke 63 mm PE + stroke 45 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.44 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 410 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $111.76

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL12X100S

  Specifications: TCL12X100S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 100 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 6 mm A + stroke 155 mm DA 13 mm MC 40 mm KC 25 mm AC + stroke 129 mm PE + stroke 113 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.29 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 551 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $137.52

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL16X20S

  Specifications: TCL16X20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 16 16 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 66 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 17 mm AC + stroke 53 mm PE + stroke 35 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.52 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 364 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $108.12

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL12X70S

  Specifications: TCL12X70S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 70 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X70 70 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 6 mm A + stroke 125 mm DA 13 mm MC 40 mm KC 25 mm AC + stroke 99 mm PE + stroke 83 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.39 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 446 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $126.12

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL12X20S

  Specifications: TCL12X20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 6 mm A + stroke 62 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 49 mm PE + stroke 33 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.29 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 254 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $94.86

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM20X60S

  Specifications: TCM20X60S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 20 20 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 12 mm A + stroke 140 mm DA 27 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 97 mm PE + stroke 72.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.97 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1113 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $148.89

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM16X30S

  Specifications: TCM16X30S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 30 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 16 16 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 10 mm A + stroke 76 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 17 mm AC + stroke 63 mm PE + stroke 45 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.49 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 444 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $97.68

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM16X20S

  Specifications: TCM16X20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 16 16 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 10 mm A + stroke 66 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 17 mm AC + stroke 53 mm PE + stroke 35 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.58 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 394 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $93.57

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ20X20-20S

  Specifications: TCLJ20X20-20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 20 20 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke -20 20 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.07°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 20 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 10 mm A + stroke 73 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 29 mm AC + stroke 57 mm PE + stroke 32.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 6 mm BD 82 mm CD 34 mm FA 6 mm H 12 mm T 20 mm Z M8 × 1.25 AF + stroke + adjustment 71 mm AG + adjustment 45 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.95 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 623 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $127.96

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ12X30-20S

  Specifications: TCLJ12X30-20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 30 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 12 12 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke -20 20 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 20 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 6 mm A + stroke 72 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 59 mm PE + stroke 43 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 5 mm BD 57.5 mm CD 25.5 mm FA 4 mm H 8 mm T 12 mm Z M5 × 0.8 AF + stroke + adjustment 72 mm AG + adjustment 37 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.24 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 288 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $113.30

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ16X20-10S

  Specifications: TCLJ16X20-10S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 16 16 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke -10 10 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 10 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 66 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 17 mm AC + stroke 53 mm PE + stroke 35 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 5 mm BD 63.5 mm CD 29.5 mm FA 5 mm H 10 mm T 15 mm Z M6 × 1.0 AF + stroke + adjustment 56 mm AG + adjustment 31 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.52 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 364 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $121.52

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCMJ20X60-20S

  Specifications: TCMJ20X60-20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 20 20 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke -20 20 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 20 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 12 mm A + stroke 140 mm DA 27 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 97 mm PE + stroke 72.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 6 mm BD 82 mm CD 34 mm FA 6 mm H 12 mm T 20 mm Z M8 × 1.25 AF + stroke + adjustment 111 mm AG + adjustment 45 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.97 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1113 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $113.85

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCMJ20X20-10S

  Specifications: TCMJ20X20-10S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 20 20 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke -10 10 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 10 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 12 mm A + stroke 73 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 29 mm AC + stroke 57 mm PE + stroke 32.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 6 mm BD 82 mm CD 34 mm FA 6 mm H 12 mm T 20 mm Z M8 × 1.25 AF + stroke + adjustment 61 mm AG + adjustment 35 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.05 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 682 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $100.70

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL32X50S

  Specifications: TCL32X50S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 50 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.06°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 16 mm A + stroke 115 mm DA 5.5 mm MC 48 mm KC 45 mm AC + stroke 87.5 mm PE + stroke 57 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 4.62 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1626 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $222.38

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL20X60ST

  Specifications: TCL20X60ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 20 20 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.07°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P NPT1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 10 mm A + stroke 140 mm DA 27 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 97 mm PE + stroke 72.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.77 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 984 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $168.02

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCL12X10S

  Specifications: TCL12X10S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 10 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 6 mm A + stroke 52 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 39 mm PE + stroke 23 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.35 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 220 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $91.71

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM50X75S

  Specifications: TCM50X75S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 50 mm bore and 75 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 50 50 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.06°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 148 mm BA 146 mm C 64 mm CA 60 mm DB 20 mm G 110 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 66 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 130 mm LC 46 mm LD 130 mm LE 40 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P PT1/4 PA 21.5 mm PB 47 mm PC 12 mm PD 14 mm PF 11 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 92 mm U 13.5 mm V 8.5 mm W 7.5 mm X 4.5 mm Y 13.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 193 mm DA 46 mm MC 48 mm KC 48 mm AC + stroke 119 mm PE + stroke 84 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 12 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 50 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 5.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment; also connects the selected valve A/B work ports PTL1002A: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeAlternative cylinder-port meter-out speed controller for the same tube OD PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 10 mm OD tubing US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4269 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $388.20

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM40X100SG

  Specifications: TCM40X100SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 40 mm bore and 100 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 40 40 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 120 mm BA 118 mm C 54 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 86 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 50 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 106 mm LC 40 mm LD 104 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 22 mm N 6.5 mm P G1/8 PA 18 mm PB 38 mm PC 14 mm PD 14 mm PF 10 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 72 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 4 mm Y 11 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 202 mm DA 36 mm MC 48 mm KC 46 mm AC + stroke 144 mm PE + stroke 113 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 5.48 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 40 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 3.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V11006 / 5V12006 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A11006 / 4A12006 Flow control / silencer example PTL01 / BSL01 Tube outside / inside diameter 8 / 5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC801: G1/8 male × 8 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL801A: G1/8 male × 8 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC801: PT1/8 male × 8 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B and separate 4A pilot ports when pilot tubing is 8 mm OD US98A080050100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 8 mm OD × 5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A080050100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 8 mm OD × 5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V11006A050, 5V11006A200, 5V12006A050, 5V12006A200: PT1/8 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V11006B050, 5V11006B200, 5V12006B050, 5V12006B200: PT1/8 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V11006C050, 5V11006C200, 5V12006C050, 5V12006C200: PT1/8 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V11006E050, 5V11006E200, 5V12006E050, 5V12006E200: PT1/8 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V11006F050, 5V11006F200, 5V12006F050, 5V12006F200: PT1/8 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 8 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A11006/4A12006 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 8 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 20/17 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3276 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $334.75

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X125SG

  Specifications: TCM32X125SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 125 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P G1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 243 mm DA 58.5 mm MC 124 mm KC 83 mm AC + stroke 162.5 mm PE + stroke 132 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 4.42 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3440 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $346.36

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X175S

  Specifications: TCM32X175S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 175 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X175 175 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 293 mm DA 58.5 mm MC 124 mm KC 83 mm AC + stroke 212.5 mm PE + stroke 182 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 3.61 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4180 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $407.58

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X150S

  Specifications: TCM32X150S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 150 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 268 mm DA 58.5 mm MC 124 mm KC 83 mm AC + stroke 187.5 mm PE + stroke 157 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 3.98 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3810 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $376.64

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X125S

  Specifications: TCM32X125S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 125 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 243 mm DA 58.5 mm MC 124 mm KC 83 mm AC + stroke 162.5 mm PE + stroke 132 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 4.42 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3440 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $346.36

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X75S

  Specifications: TCM32X75S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 75 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 177 mm DA 42.5 mm MC 48 mm KC 45 mm AC + stroke 112.5 mm PE + stroke 82 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 5.69 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2535 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $281.97

  View options

Show more products